pipes: add documentation for pipes
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles. which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 @end verbatim
578
579 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
580 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
581 To specify one or more different
582 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
583
584 @example
585 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
586 @end example
587
588 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
589 @enumerate
590 @item the current directory,
591 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
592 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
593 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
594 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
595 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
596 @end enumerate
597 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
598
599 @quotation Note
600 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
601 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
602 @end quotation
603
604 @section Simple setup, no customization
605
606 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
607 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
608 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
609 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
610 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
611
612 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
613 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
614 the server like:
615
616 @example
617 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
618 @end example
619
620 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
621 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
622 If all goes well you'll see output something like
623
624 @example
625 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
626 For bug reports, read
627 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
628 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
629 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
630 @end example
631
632 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
633 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
634 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
635
636 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
637
638 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
639 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
640 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
641 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
642 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
643 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
644 ensure that this always succeeds.
645 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
646 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
647 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
648 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
649
650 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
651 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
652 those channels.
653
654 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
655 the @option{-d} option.
656
657 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
658 @option{-c} command line switch.
659
660 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
661 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
662 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
663 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
664 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
665 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
666 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
667
668 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
669 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
670
671 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
672
673 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
674 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
675 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
676 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
677
678 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
679 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
680
681 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
682 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
683 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
684 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
685 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
686 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
687 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
688
689 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
690
691 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
692 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
693 and a USB cable on the other.
694 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
695 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
696
697 @enumerate
698 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
699 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
700 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
701 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
702 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
703 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
704 debugging host.
705
706 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
707 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
708 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
709 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
710 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
711
712 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
713 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
714 with 1.2 Volt boards.
715
716 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
717 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
718 ways to connect the cable.
719 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
720 Be sure it's firmly connected.
721
722 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
723 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
724 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
725 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
726 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
727 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
728 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
729 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
730
731 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
732 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
733 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
734 but are tedious to set up.
735 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
736 adapter signals to the right board pins.
737
738 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
739 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
740 you are using to run OpenOCD.
741 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
742
743 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
744 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
745 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
746
747 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
748 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
749 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
750
751 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
752 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
753 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
754 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
755
756 @end enumerate
757
758 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
759 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
760 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
761
762 @section Project Directory
763
764 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
765
766 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
767 single directory for your work with a given board.
768 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
769 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
770 files accessed through semihosting,
771 and for code you upload to the target board.
772 It is also the natural place to write files,
773 such as log files and data you download from the board.
774
775 @section Configuration Basics
776
777 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
778 a variety of ways you can mix them.
779 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
780
781 @itemize
782 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
783 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
784 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
785 @end itemize
786
787 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
788 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
789 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
790
791 @example
792 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
793
794 # GDB can also flash my flash!
795 gdb_memory_map enable
796 gdb_flash_program enable
797
798 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
799 @end example
800
801 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
802
803 @example
804 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
805 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
806 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
807 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
808 @end example
809
810 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
811 each supporting a different development task.
812 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
813 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
814
815 @quotation Important
816 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
817 problems with how it treats variables.
818 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
819 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
820 that can be tested in a later script.
821 @end quotation
822
823 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
824 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
825 to simplify your work.
826
827 @section User Config Files
828 @cindex config file, user
829 @cindex user config file
830 @cindex config file, overview
831
832 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
833 in one place.
834 One of the following will match your situation best:
835
836 @itemize
837 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
838 provided by someone else.
839 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
840 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
841 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
842 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
843 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
844 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
845
846 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
847 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
848
849 @enumerate
850 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
851 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
852 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
853 @end enumerate
854
855 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
856 The first is an interface config file.
857 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
858 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
859 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
860 meet your deadline:
861
862 @example
863 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
864 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
865 @end example
866
867 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
868 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
869 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
870 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
871
872 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
873 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
874 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
875 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
876 target and board
877 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
878 @xref{Autoprobing}.
879
880 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
881 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
882 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
883 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
884
885 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
886 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
887 giving access to your particular flash chips.
888 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
889 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
890
891 @quotation Note
892 When you write new configuration files, please submit
893 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
894 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
895 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
896 will help support users of any board using that chip.
897 @end quotation
898
899 @item
900 You may may need to write some C code.
901 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
902 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
903 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
904 a new chip architecture.
905 @end itemize
906
907 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
908 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
909 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
910
911 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
912 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
913 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
914 @itemize
915
916 @item
917 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
918 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
919 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
920 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
921
922 @item
923 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
924 @cindex vector_catch
925 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
926 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
927 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
928 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
929 along with messaging and tracing setup.
930 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
931
932 @item
933 You might need to override some defaults.
934 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
935 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
936
937 @item
938 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
939 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
940 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
941 @end itemize
942
943 @section Project-Specific Utilities
944
945 A few project-specific utility
946 routines may well speed up your work.
947 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
948
949 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
950 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
951 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
952 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
953 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
954 may help:
955
956 @example
957 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
958 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
959 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
960 # Leave the CPU halted.
961 reset init
962
963 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
964 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
965
966 # Start running.
967 resume 0x20000000
968 @}
969 @end example
970
971 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
972 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
973 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
974 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
975 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
976
977 @example
978 proc newboot @{ @} @{
979 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
980 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
981 # "reset halt" would be slower.
982 reset init
983
984 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
985 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
986 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
987 flash protect 0 0 1 off
988 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
989 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
990 flash protect 0 0 1 on
991
992 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
993 reset run
994 @}
995 @end example
996
997 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
998 from NAND.
999 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1000 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1001 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1002
1003 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1004 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1005
1006 @section Target Software Changes
1007
1008 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1009 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1010 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1011 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1012 handling issues like:
1013
1014 @itemize @bullet
1015
1016 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1017 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1018 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1019 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1020 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1021 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1022 your debug sessions.
1023
1024 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1025 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1026 That might however be your only option.
1027
1028 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1029 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1030 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1031 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1032 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1033 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1034 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1035 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1036 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1037 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1038 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1039 instead of the whole thing.
1040 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1041 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1042
1043 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1044 @cindex ARM semihosting
1045 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1046 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1047 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1048 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1049 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1050 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1051 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1052 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1053 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1054 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1055 NAND or SPI flash.
1056
1057 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1058 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1059 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1060 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1061 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1062
1063 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1064 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1065 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1066 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1067 registers which can be used to change various features including
1068 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1069 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1070 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1071 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1072 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1073
1074 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1075 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1076 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1077 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1078 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1079
1080 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1081 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1082 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1083 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1084 early code execution can be debugged
1085 or firmware can be replaced.
1086
1087 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1088 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1089 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1090 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1091 operations like writing to memory.)
1092
1093 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1094 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1095 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1096 various kinds of message.
1097 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1098
1099 @end itemize
1100
1101 @section Target Hardware Setup
1102
1103 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1104 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1105 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1106 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1107 working with.}
1108
1109 Common issues include:
1110
1111 @itemize @bullet
1112
1113 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1114 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1115 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1116 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1117 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1118 or one from a daughtercard).
1119 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1120 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1121
1122 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1123 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1124 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1125 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1126 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1127 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1128
1129 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1130 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1131 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1132 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1133 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1134
1135
1136 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1137 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1138 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1139 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1140 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1141 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1142 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1143
1144 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1145 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1146 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1147 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1148 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1149
1150 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1151 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1152 used to start booting.
1153
1154 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1155 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1156 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1157 multiple audio codec chips).
1158 This interacts with software
1159 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1160 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1161 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1162 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1163 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1164 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1165 audio or video codecs are used.
1166
1167 @end itemize
1168
1169 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1170 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1171 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1172 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1173 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1174 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1175 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1176 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1177 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1178 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1179
1180
1181 @node Config File Guidelines
1182 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1183
1184 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1185 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1186 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1187 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1188
1189 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1190 with files including the ones listed here.
1191 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1192 @itemize @bullet
1193 @item @file{interface} ...
1194 These are for debug adapters.
1195 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1196 @example
1197 $ ls interface
1198 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1199 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1200 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1201 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1202 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1205 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1206 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1207 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1208 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1209 $
1210 @end example
1211 @item @file{board} ...
1212 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1213 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1214 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1215 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1216 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1217 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1218 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1219 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1220 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1221 a CPU and an FPGA.
1222 @example
1223 $ ls board
1224 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1225 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1226 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1227 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1229 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1230 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1231 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1232 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1233 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1234 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1235 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1236 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1237 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1238 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1242 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1243 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1244 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1245 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1246 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1247 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1248 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1249 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1250 $
1251 @end example
1252 @item @file{target} ...
1253 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1254 on a chip
1255 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1256 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1257 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1258 the target config file defines all of them.
1259 @example
1260 $ ls target
1261 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1262 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1263 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1264 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1265 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1266 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1268 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1270 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1272 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1273 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1274 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1275 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1276 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1277 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1278 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1279 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1280 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1281 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1282 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1283 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1284 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1285 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1286 $
1287 @end example
1288 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1289 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1290 @end itemize
1291
1292 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1293 file may override features in any of the above files by
1294 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1295 commands specific to their situation.
1296
1297 @section Interface Config Files
1298
1299 The user config file
1300 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1301
1302 @example
1303 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1304 @end example
1305
1306 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1307 in use today with OpenOCD.
1308 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1309 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1310
1311 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1312 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1313 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1314 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1315 and need to provide a driver for it.
1316
1317 @section Board Config Files
1318 @cindex config file, board
1319 @cindex board config file
1320
1321 The user config file
1322 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1323
1324 @example
1325 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1326 @end example
1327
1328 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1329 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1330 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1331
1332 @enumerate
1333 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1334 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1335 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1336 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1337 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1338 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1339 @end enumerate
1340
1341 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1342 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1343 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1344 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1345
1346 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1347 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1348 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1349 configuration works.
1350
1351 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1352
1353 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1354 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1355 convention on how to use certain variables.
1356
1357 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1358 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1359 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1360 used at will within a target configuration file.
1361
1362 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1363 for a board with three chips:
1364
1365 @example
1366 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1367 set CHIPNAME network
1368 set ENDIAN big
1369 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1370 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1371 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1372 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1373
1374 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1375 set CHIPNAME video
1376 set ENDIAN little
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1383 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1384 unset ENDIAN
1385 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1386 @end example
1387
1388 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1389 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1390 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1391 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1392 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1393 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1394 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1395 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1396
1397 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1398 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1399 naming collisions.
1400
1401 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1402 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1403 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1404 up other clocks and peripherals.
1405
1406 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1407 @cindex variable names
1408
1409 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1410 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1411 one such chip (as shown above).
1412 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1413 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1414 to promote consistency and
1415 so that board files can override target defaults.
1416
1417 Inputs to target config files include:
1418
1419 @itemize @bullet
1420 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1421 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1422 tap identifier dotted names.
1423 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1424 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1425 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1426 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1427 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1428 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1429 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1430 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1431 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1432 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1433 @end itemize
1434
1435 Outputs from target config files include:
1436
1437 @itemize @bullet
1438 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1439 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1440 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1441 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1442 specific to that board and that target.
1443 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1444 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1445 @end itemize
1446
1447 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1448 @cindex event, reset-init
1449 @cindex reset-init handler
1450
1451 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1452 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1453 fully set up yet.
1454 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1455 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1456 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1457 handler is one of the most important.
1458
1459 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1460 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1461 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1462 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1463 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1464
1465 @quotation Note
1466 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1467 are included here.
1468 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1469 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1470 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1471 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1472 @end quotation
1473
1474 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1475 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1476 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1477 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1478 those as parameters.
1479 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1480 and disabling the watchdog.
1481 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1482 the next developer doing such work.
1483 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1484
1485 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1486 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1487 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1488 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1489
1490 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1491
1492 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1493 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1494 a low JTAG clock rate.
1495 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1496 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1497 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1498 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1499 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1500 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1501 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1502
1503 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1504 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1505 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1506 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1507 which might be less than that.
1508
1509 @quotation Warning
1510 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1511 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1512 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1513 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1514 @end quotation
1515
1516 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1517 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1518 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1519 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1520 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1521 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1522
1523 @section Target Config Files
1524 @cindex config file, target
1525 @cindex target config file
1526
1527 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1528 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1529 more target config files like this:
1530
1531 @example
1532 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1533 @end example
1534
1535 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1536 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1537 In summary the target files should contain
1538
1539 @enumerate
1540 @item Set defaults
1541 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1542 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1543 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1544 @item On-Chip flash
1545 @end enumerate
1546
1547 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1548 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1549 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1550
1551 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1552 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1553 can talk to the chip.
1554 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1555 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1556 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1557 and other processing engines.
1558
1559 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1560
1561 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1562 letting board config files express environment-specific
1563 differences in how things should be set up.
1564
1565 @example
1566 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1567 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1568 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1569 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1570 @} else @{
1571 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1572 @}
1573
1574 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1575 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1576 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1577 @} else @{
1578 set _ENDIAN little
1579 @}
1580
1581 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1582 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1583 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1584 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1585 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1586 @} else @{
1587 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1588 @}
1589 @end example
1590 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1591
1592 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1593 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1594 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1595
1596 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1597 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1598 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1599
1600 @example
1601 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1602 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1606 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1607 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1608 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1609 for taps.
1610
1611 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1612 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1613 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1614 looks (in part) like this:
1615
1616 @example
1617 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1618 @end example
1619
1620 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1621 to source such a config file twice, with different
1622 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1623 it adds a different TAP each time.
1624
1625 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1626 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1627 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1628 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1629
1630 @example
1631 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1632 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1633 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1634 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1635 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1636 @end example
1637
1638 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1639 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1640
1641 @itemize
1642 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1643 plus a JRC to enable them
1644 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1645 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1646 is not currently used)
1647 @end itemize
1648
1649 @subsection Add CPU targets
1650
1651 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1652 GDB and other commands can use it.
1653 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1654 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1655 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1656 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1657
1658 @example
1659 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1660 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1661 @end example
1662
1663 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1664 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1665 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1666 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1667 a work area if you can.
1668 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1669
1670 @example
1671 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1672 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1673 @end example
1674
1675 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1676
1677 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1678 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1679 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1680
1681 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1682 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1683 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1684 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1685 both signals.
1686
1687 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1688 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1689 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1690 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1691 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1692 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1693 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1694 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1695 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1696 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1697 not available.)
1698
1699 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1700 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1701 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1702 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1703 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1704 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1705 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1706 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1707
1708 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1709 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1710 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1711 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1712 slower clock than they will use later.
1713 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1714 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1715 than they will use later.
1716 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1717
1718 @quotation Important
1719 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1720 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1721 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1722 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1723 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1724 @end quotation
1725
1726 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1727
1728 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1729 special high speed download features - enable it.
1730
1731 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1732
1733 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1734 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1735 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1736 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1737 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1738 If you are using an external trace port,
1739 configure it in your board config file.
1740 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1741 configure it in your target config file.
1742
1743 @example
1744 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1745 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1746 @end example
1747
1748 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1749
1750 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1751
1752 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1753 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1754 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1755 the TARGET (chip) file.
1756
1757 Examples:
1758 @itemize @bullet
1759 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1760 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1761 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1762 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1763 @end itemize
1764
1765 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1766 @section Translating Configuration Files
1767 @cindex translation
1768 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1769 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1770 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1771 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1772 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1773 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1774
1775 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1776 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1777 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1778 convert other scripts later on.
1779
1780 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1781 replace job:
1782
1783 @example
1784 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1785 #
1786 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1787 #
1788 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1789 #
1790 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1791
1792 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1793 global TARGETNAME
1794
1795 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1796
1797 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1798 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1800 @}
1801 @end example
1802
1803
1804
1805 @node Daemon Configuration
1806 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1807 @cindex initialization
1808 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1809 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1810 supported.
1811
1812 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1813 @section Configuration Stage
1814 @cindex configuration stage
1815 @cindex config command
1816
1817 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1818 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1819 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1820 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1821 inside startup scripts.
1822
1823 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1824 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1825 which may be issued interactively.
1826 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1827 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1828
1829 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1830 flash banks,
1831 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1832 and other basic setup.
1833 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1834 may access or activate TAPs.
1835 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1836 longer be issued.
1837
1838 @section Entering the Run Stage
1839
1840 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1841 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1842 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1843 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1844 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1845 You should see no errors at this point.
1846 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1847 commands you used to configure the server.
1848 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1849 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1850 on the scan chain.
1851
1852 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1853 become available.
1854 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1855 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1856 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1857 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1858 entry to the run stage.
1859
1860 @deffn {Config Command} init
1861 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1862 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1863 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1864 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1865 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1866 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1867
1868 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1869 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1870 configuration files and/or command line options.
1871
1872 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1873 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1874 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1875 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1876 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1877 @end deffn
1878
1879 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1880 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1881 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1882
1883 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1884 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1885 scan chain.
1886 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1887 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1888
1889 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1890 they return.
1891 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1892 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1893 @end deffn
1894
1895 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1896 @section TCP/IP Ports
1897 @cindex TCP port
1898 @cindex server
1899 @cindex port
1900 @cindex security
1901 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1902 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1903 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1904
1905 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1906 access using one or more of these ports.
1907 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1908 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1909 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1910
1911 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1912 @cindex GDB server
1913 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1914 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1915 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1916 the normal use cases.
1917
1918 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1919 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1920 disables the gdb server.
1921
1922 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1923 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1924
1925 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1926 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1927
1928 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1929 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1930 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1931
1932 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1933 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1934 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1935 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1936 @end deffn
1937
1938 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1939 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1940 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1941 output from the Tcl engine.
1942 Intended as a machine interface.
1943 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1944 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1945
1946 @end deffn
1947
1948 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1949 Specify or query the
1950 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1951 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1952 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1953 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1954 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1955 @end deffn
1956
1957 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1958 @section GDB Configuration
1959 @cindex GDB
1960 @cindex GDB configuration
1961 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1962 The ones listed here are static and global.
1963 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1964 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1965
1966 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1967 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1968 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1969 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1970 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1971 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1972 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1973 @end deffn
1974
1975 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1976 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1977 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1978 vFlash packet is received.
1979 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1983 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1984 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1985 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1986 for flash programming to work.
1987 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1988 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1989 @end deffn
1990
1991 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1992 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1993 by GDB memory read packets.
1994 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1995 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1996 @end deffn
1997
1998 @anchor{Event Polling}
1999 @section Event Polling
2000
2001 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2002 where significant events can happen at any time.
2003 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2004 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2005 or to GDB.
2006
2007 Examples of such events include:
2008
2009 @itemize
2010 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2011 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2012 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2013 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2014 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2015 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2016 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2017 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2018 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2019 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2020 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2021 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2022 @end itemize
2023
2024 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2025 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2026 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2027 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2028 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2029
2030 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2031 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2032 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2033 to the various active targets.
2034 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2035 which is normally done in the background.
2036
2037 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2038 Poll the current target for its current state.
2039 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2040 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2041 specific information about the current state is printed.
2042 An optional parameter
2043 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2044
2045 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2046 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2047 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2048 @example
2049 > poll
2050 background polling: on
2051 target state: halted
2052 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2053 current mode: Supervisor
2054 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2055 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2056 >
2057 @end example
2058 @end deffn
2059
2060 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2061 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2062 @cindex config file, interface
2063 @cindex interface config file
2064
2065 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2066 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2067 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2068
2069 @quotation Note
2070 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2071 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2072 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2073 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2074 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2075 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2076 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2077 @end quotation
2078
2079 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2080 through commands in an interface configuration
2081 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2082 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2083
2084 @example
2085 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2086 @end example
2087
2088 These commands tell
2089 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2090 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2091
2092 @example
2093 # jlink interface
2094 interface jlink
2095 @end example
2096
2097 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2098
2099
2100 @section Interface Configuration
2101
2102 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2103 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2104 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2105
2106 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2107 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2108 target.
2109 @end deffn
2110
2111 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2112 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2113 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2114 @end deffn
2115 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2116 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2117 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2118 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2119 the hardware can support.
2120 @end deffn
2121
2122
2123
2124 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2125 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2126 @end deffn
2127
2128 @section Interface Drivers
2129
2130 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2131 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2132 available at run time.
2133
2134 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2135 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2136 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2137 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2138
2139 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2140 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2141 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2142 @end deffn
2143
2144 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2145 Displays status of RTCK option.
2146 Optionally sets that option first.
2147 @end deffn
2148 @end deffn
2149
2150 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2151 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2152 This has one driver-specific command:
2153
2154 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2155 Logs some status
2156 @end deffn
2157 @end deffn
2158
2159 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2160 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2161 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2162 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2163 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2164 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2168 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2172 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2176 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2177 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2178 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2179
2180 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2181 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2182 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2183 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2184 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2185 @end deffn
2186
2187 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2188 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2189 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2190 is connected to the host.
2191 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2192 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2193 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2194 @end deffn
2195
2196 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2197 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2198 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2199 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2200 @itemize @minus
2201 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2202 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2203 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2204 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2205 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2206 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2207 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2208 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2209 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2210 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2211 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2212 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2213 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2214 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2215 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2216 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2217 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2218 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2219 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2220 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2221 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2222 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2223 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2224 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2225 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2226 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2227 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2228 @end itemize
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2232 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2233 default values are used.
2234 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2235 @example
2236 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2237 @end example
2238 @end deffn
2239
2240 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2241 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2242 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2243 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2244 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2245 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2246 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249 For example, the interface config file for a
2250 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2251
2252 @example
2253 interface ft2232
2254 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2255 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2256 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2257 @end example
2258 @end deffn
2259
2260 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2261 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2262 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2263 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2264
2265 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2266 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2267 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2268 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2269 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2270 @end deffn
2271
2272 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2273 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2274 default values are used.
2275 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2276 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2277 @example
2278 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2279 @end example
2280 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2281 @example
2282 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2283 @end example
2284 @end deffn
2285
2286 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2287 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2288 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2289 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2290
2291 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2292 @example
2293 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2294 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2295 @end example
2296 @end deffn
2297
2298 @end deffn
2299
2300 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2301 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2302 This has one driver-specific command:
2303
2304 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2305 Display either the address of the I/O port
2306 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2307 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2308 This is a write-once setting.
2309 @end deffn
2310 @end deffn
2311
2312 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2313 Segger jlink USB adapter
2314 @c command: jlink_info
2315 @c dumps status
2316 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2317 @c sets version 2 or 3
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2321 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2322 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2323 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2324 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2325
2326 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2327 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2328 This is a write-once setting.
2329 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2330
2331 @itemize @minus
2332 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2333 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2334 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2335 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2336 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2337 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2338 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2339 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2340 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2341 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2342 some versions of
2343 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2344 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2345 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2346 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2347 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2348 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2349 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2350 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2351 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2352 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2353 @end itemize
2354 @end deffn
2355
2356 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2357 Display either the address of the I/O port
2358 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2359 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2360 This is a write-once setting.
2361
2362 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2363 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2364 you may encounter a problem.
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2368 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2369 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2370 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2371 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2372 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2373
2374 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2375 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2376 @quotation Tip
2377 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2378 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2379 @example
2380 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2381 > adapter_khz 500
2382 @end example
2383 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2384 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2385 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2386 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2387 large set of samples.
2388 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2389 @example
2390 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2391 @end example
2392 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2393 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2394
2395 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2396 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2397 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2398 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2399 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2400 @end quotation
2401 @end deffn
2402
2403 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2404 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2405 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2409 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2410
2411 @example
2412 interface parport
2413 parport_port 0x278
2414 parport_cable wiggler
2415 @end example
2416 @end deffn
2417
2418 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2419 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2420 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2421 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2422 @end deffn
2423 @end deffn
2424
2425 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2426 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2427 @end deffn
2428
2429 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2430 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2434 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2435
2436 @quotation Note
2437 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2438 which are not currently documented here.
2439 @end quotation
2440 @end deffn
2441
2442 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2443 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2444 @end deffn
2445
2446 @quotation Note
2447 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2448 which are not currently documented here.
2449 @end quotation
2450
2451 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2452 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2453 No arguments: print status.
2454 @end deffn
2455
2456 @section Transport Configuration
2457 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2458 and the debug adapter you are using,
2459 several transports may be available to
2460 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2461 @deffn Command {transport list}
2462 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2463 version of OpenOCD.
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2467 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2468 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2469 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2470 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2471 @end deffn
2472
2473 @subsection JTAG Transport
2474 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2475 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2476 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2477 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2478 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2479 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2480 @subsection SWD Transport
2481 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2482 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2483 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2484 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2485 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2486 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2487 @subsection SPI Transport
2488 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2489 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2490 solution for flash programming.
2491
2492 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2493 @section JTAG Speed
2494 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2495 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2496 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2497 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2498 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2499 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2500 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2501 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2502 power management software that may be active.
2503
2504 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2505 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2506 target event handler.
2507 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2508 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2509 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2510 sets up those clocks).
2511 @xref{Target Events}.
2512 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2513 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2514 in the target config file.
2515 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2516 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2517 config file instead.
2518 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2519 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2520 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2521
2522 @example
2523 jtag_rclk 3000
2524 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2525 @end example
2526
2527 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2528 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2529 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2530 may not be the fastest solution.
2531
2532 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2533 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2534 which support adaptive clocking.
2535
2536 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2537 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2538 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2539 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2540 than the speed specified.
2541
2542 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2543 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2544 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2545 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2546
2547 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2548 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2549 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2550 JTAG clocking after setup.
2551 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2552 If the interface device can not
2553 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2557 @cindex adaptive clocking
2558 @cindex RTCK
2559 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2560 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2561 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2562 @example
2563 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2564 jtag_rclk 3000
2565 @end example
2566 @end defun
2567
2568 @node Reset Configuration
2569 @chapter Reset Configuration
2570 @cindex Reset Configuration
2571
2572 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2573 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2574 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2575 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2576 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2577 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2578 Please see the various board files for examples.
2579
2580 @quotation Note
2581 To maintainers and integrators:
2582 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2583 Normally the board configuration file
2584 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2585 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2586
2587 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2588 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2589 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2590 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2591 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2592 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2593 @end quotation
2594
2595 @section Types of Reset
2596
2597 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2598 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2599 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2600
2601 @itemize @bullet
2602 @item
2603 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2604 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2605 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2606 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2607 @item
2608 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2609 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2610 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2611 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2612 @item
2613 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2614 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2615 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2616 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2617 @item
2618 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2619 several other types of reset.
2620 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2621 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2622 There may be individual module resets.
2623 @end itemize
2624
2625 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2626 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2627 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2628 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2629 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2630 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2631 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2632 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2633 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2634
2635 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2636 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2637
2638 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2639 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2640 common issues are:
2641
2642 @itemize @bullet
2643
2644 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2645 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2646 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2647 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2648 when either of those signals is not connected.
2649 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2650 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2651 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2652 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2653
2654 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2655 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2656 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2657 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2658
2659 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2660 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2661 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2662 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2663 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2664 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2665 hardware debouncing.
2666 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2667 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2668
2669 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2670 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2671 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2672 to use push/pull output drivers.
2673 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2674 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2675 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2676 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2677
2678 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2679 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2680 issues (not limited to errata).
2681 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2682 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2683 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2684 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2685 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2686 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2687 @end itemize
2688
2689 There can also be other issues.
2690 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2691 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2692 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2693 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2694 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2695 Agreement (NDA).
2696
2697 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2698 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2699 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2700
2701 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2702 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2703
2704 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2705
2706 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2707 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2708 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2709 allowing it to be deasserted.
2710 @end deffn
2711
2712 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2713 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2714 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2715 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2716 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2717 @end deffn
2718
2719 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2720 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2721 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2722 allowing it to be deasserted.
2723 @end deffn
2724
2725 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2726 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2727 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2728 @end deffn
2729
2730 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2731 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2732 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2733 configuration scripts.
2734
2735 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2736 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2737 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2738 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2739 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2740 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2741 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2742 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2743
2744 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2745 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2746 @var{gates},
2747 @var{trst_type},
2748 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2749 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2750 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2751 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2752 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2753 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2754
2755 @itemize
2756 @item
2757 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2758 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2759 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2760 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2761 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2762
2763 @quotation Tip
2764 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2765 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2766 @end quotation
2767
2768 @item
2769 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2770 signal implementations.
2771 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2772 indicating everything behaves normally.
2773 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2774 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2775 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2776 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2777 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2778 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2779 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2780
2781 @item
2782 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2783 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2784 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2785 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2786 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2787 while SRST is asserted.
2788 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2789 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2790 @end itemize
2791
2792 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2793 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2794 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2795 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2796 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2797
2798 @itemize
2799 @item
2800 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2801 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2802 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2803 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2804
2805 @item
2806 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2807 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2808 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2809 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2810 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2811 @end itemize
2812 @end deffn
2813
2814 @section Custom Reset Handling
2815 @cindex events
2816
2817 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2818 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2819 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2820 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2821 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2822 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2823
2824 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2825 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2826 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2827 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2828 want to reset everything at once.
2829
2830 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2831 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2832 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2833 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2834 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2835 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2836 needs special attention.
2837
2838 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2839 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2840 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2841 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2842 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2843 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2844 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2845 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2846
2847 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2848 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2849 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2850 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2851 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2852
2853 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2854 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2855 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2856 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2857 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2858 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2859 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2860 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2861 or potentially some other value.
2862
2863 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2864 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2865 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2866 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2867 (or their associated targets)
2868 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2869
2870 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2871 they return.
2872 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2873 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2874 @end deffn
2875
2876 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2877 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2878 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2879 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2880 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2881 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2882 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2883 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2884 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2885 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2886 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2887 @end deffn
2888
2889 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2890 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2891 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2892 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2893 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2894 @end deffn
2895
2896
2897 @node TAP Declaration
2898 @chapter TAP Declaration
2899 @cindex TAP declaration
2900 @cindex TAP configuration
2901
2902 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2903 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2904
2905 @itemize @bullet
2906 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2907 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2908 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2909 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2910 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2911 start running that code.
2912 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2913 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2914 and missing connections
2915 @end itemize
2916
2917 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2918 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2919 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2920 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2921 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2922
2923 @section Scan Chains
2924 @cindex scan chain
2925
2926 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2927 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2928 They also need to be added to
2929 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2930 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2931 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2932 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2933 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2934 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2935 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2936 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2937
2938 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2939 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2940 command, presented in the next chapter.
2941 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2942 debugging targets.)
2943 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2944
2945 @verbatim
2946 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2947 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2948 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2949 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2950 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2951 @end verbatim
2952
2953 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2954 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2955 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2956 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2957 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2958 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2959 until they are told to do so.
2960
2961 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2962 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2963 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2964 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2965
2966 @example
2967 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2968 @end example
2969
2970 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2971 by a given chip.
2972 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2973 and so forth.
2974 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2975 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2976 a single chip and between them.
2977 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2978
2979 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2980 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2981 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2982 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2983 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2984 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2985 includes commands something like this:
2986
2987 @example
2988 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2989 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2990 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2991 @end example
2992
2993 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2994 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2995 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2996
2997 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2998 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2999 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3000 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3001 @example
3002 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3003 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3004 @}
3005 @end example
3006 @end deffn
3007
3008 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3009 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3010 and their status.
3011 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3012 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3013 but systems with a JTAG router can
3014 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3015 @end deffn
3016
3017 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3018 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3019
3020 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3021 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3022
3023 @section TAP Names
3024 @cindex dotted name
3025
3026 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3027 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3028 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3029 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3030 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3031 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3032 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3033 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3034
3035 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3036 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3037 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3038
3039 @quotation Tip
3040 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3041 This feature is still present.
3042 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3043 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3044 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3045 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3046 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3047 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3048 @end quotation
3049
3050 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3051
3052 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3053 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3054 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3055 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3056 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3057
3058 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3059 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3060 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3061 overridable.
3062
3063 @cindex TAP naming convention
3064 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3065 and should follow this convention:
3066
3067 @itemize @bullet
3068 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3069 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3070 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3071 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3072 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3073 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3074 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3075 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3076 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3077 with a single TAP;
3078 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3079 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3080 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3081 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3082 @end itemize
3083
3084 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3085
3086 @itemize @bullet
3087 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3088 @*The length in bits of the
3089 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3090 @end itemize
3091
3092 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3093
3094 @itemize @bullet
3095 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3096 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3097 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3098 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3099 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3100 (the TAP is linked in).
3101 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3102 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3103 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3104 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3105 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3106 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3107 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3108 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3109 values that were found but not included in the list.
3110
3111 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3112 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3113 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3114 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3115 hardware to find these values.
3116 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3117 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3118 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3119 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3120 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3121 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3122 the various chip IDs.
3123 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3124 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3125 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3126 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3127 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3128 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3129 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3130 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3131 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3132 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3133 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3134 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3135 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3136 @end itemize
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @section Other TAP commands
3140
3141 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3142 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3143 At this writing this TAP attribute
3144 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3145 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3146 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3147 See the next section for information about the available events.
3148
3149 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3150 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3151 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3152 @end deffn
3153
3154 @anchor{TAP Events}
3155 @section TAP Events
3156 @cindex events
3157 @cindex TAP events
3158
3159 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3160 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3161 The other applies to debugger targets,
3162 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3163
3164 The TAP events currently defined are:
3165
3166 @itemize @bullet
3167 @item @b{post-reset}
3168 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3169 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3170 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3171 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3172 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3173
3174 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3175 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3176 of any particular target.
3177 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3178 @item @b{setup}
3179 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3180 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3181 @item @b{tap-disable}
3182 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3183 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3184 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3185 @item @b{tap-enable}
3186 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3187 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3188 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3189 @end itemize
3190
3191 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3192 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3193 contents to be accurate), you might:
3194
3195 @example
3196 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3197 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3198 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3199 @}
3200 @end example
3201
3202
3203 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3204 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3205 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3206 @cindex jrc
3207
3208 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3209 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3210 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3211 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3212 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3213
3214 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3215 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3216 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3217 be visible.
3218 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3219 ignores, such as:
3220
3221 @itemize
3222 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3223 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3224 TAPs receive new instructions.
3225 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3226 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3227 @end itemize
3228
3229 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3230 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3231 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3232 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3233
3234 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3235 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3236
3237 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3238 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3239 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3240 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3241 should define TAP event handlers using
3242 code that looks something like this:
3243
3244 @example
3245 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3246 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3247 @}
3248 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3249 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3250 @}
3251 @end example
3252
3253 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3254
3255 @example
3256 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3257 @end example
3258
3259 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3260 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3261 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3262 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3263
3264 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3265 If necessary, disables the tap
3266 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3267 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3268 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3269 and "0" if it is disabled.
3270 @end deffn
3271
3272 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3273 If necessary, enables the tap
3274 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3275 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3276 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3277 and "0" if it is disabled.
3278 @end deffn
3279
3280 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3281 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3282 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3283 and "0" if it is disabled.
3284
3285 @quotation Note
3286 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3287 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3288 @end quotation
3289 @end deffn
3290
3291 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3292 @section Autoprobing
3293 @cindex autoprobe
3294 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3295
3296 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3297 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3298 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3299 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3300
3301 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3302 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3303 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3304 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3305 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3306 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3307 right when they come out of reset).
3308
3309 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3310
3311 @example
3312 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3313 reset_config trst_and_srst
3314 jtag_rclk 8
3315 @end example
3316
3317 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3318 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3319
3320 @enumerate
3321 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3322 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3323 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3324 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3325 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3326 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3327 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3328 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3329 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3330 that is discovered.
3331 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3332 register, it will report it.
3333 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3334 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3335 @end enumerate
3336
3337 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3338 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3339 that's a bit more complex:
3340
3341 @example
3342 clock speed 8 kHz
3343 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3344 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3345 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3346 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3347 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3348 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3349 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3350 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3351 @end example
3352
3353 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3354 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3355 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3356 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3357 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3358 and so forth.
3359
3360 @node CPU Configuration
3361 @chapter CPU Configuration
3362 @cindex GDB target
3363
3364 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3365 You can also access these targets without GDB
3366 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3367 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3368 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3369 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3370
3371 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3372 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3373
3374 @section Target List
3375 @cindex target, current
3376 @cindex target, list
3377
3378 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3379 where each member has a name.
3380 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3381 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3382 (plural!) command.
3383 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3384 look like with more than one:
3385 @verbatim
3386 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3387 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3388 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3389 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3390 @end verbatim
3391
3392 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3393 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3394 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3395 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3396 space seen by that current target.
3397 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3398 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3399 are examples; and there are many more.
3400
3401 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3402
3403 @deffn Command {target count}
3404 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3405 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3406 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3407
3408 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3409 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3410 @example
3411 set c [target count]
3412 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3413 # Assuming you have created this function
3414 print_target_details $x
3415 @}
3416 @end example
3417 @end deffn
3418
3419 @deffn Command {target current}
3420 Returns the name of the current target.
3421 @end deffn
3422
3423 @deffn Command {target names}
3424 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3425 @example
3426 foreach t [target names] @{
3427 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3428 @}
3429 @end example
3430 @end deffn
3431
3432 @deffn Command {target number} number
3433 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3434 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3435
3436 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3437 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3438 @example
3439 set thename [target number $x]
3440 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3441 @end example
3442 @end deffn
3443
3444 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3445 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3446
3447 @deffn Command targets [name]
3448 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3449 command names are singular.}
3450
3451 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3452 targets in a user friendly form.
3453
3454 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3455 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3456 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3457 @end deffn
3458
3459 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3460 @cindex target type
3461 @cindex CPU type
3462 @cindex CPU variant
3463
3464 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3465 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3466 when calling @command{target create}.
3467 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3468 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3469 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3470 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3471 what core-specific commands may be available
3472 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3473 and more.
3474
3475 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3476 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3477 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3478 worked around in some chip versions.
3479
3480 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3481 since there's a command to list them.
3482 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3483 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3484
3485 @anchor{target types}
3486 @deffn Command {target types}
3487 Lists all supported target types.
3488 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3489
3490 @itemize @bullet
3491 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3492 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3493 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3494 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3495 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3496 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3497 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3498 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3499 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3500 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3501 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3502 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3503 @itemize @minus
3504 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3505 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3506 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3507 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3508 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3509 @end itemize
3510 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3511 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3512 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3513 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3514 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3515 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3516 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3517 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3518 There are several variants defined:
3519 @itemize @minus
3520 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3521 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3522 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3523 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3524 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3525 @end itemize
3526 @end itemize
3527 @end deffn
3528
3529 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3530 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3531 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3532 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3533 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3534 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3535 reflect design generations;
3536 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3537 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3538
3539 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3540 @section Target Configuration
3541
3542 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3543 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3544 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3545 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3546 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3547
3548 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3549 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3550 optional parts.
3551 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3552 command, created as part of target creation.
3553
3554 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3555 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3556 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3557 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3558 to be much more board-specific.
3559 The key steps you use might look something like this
3560
3561 @example
3562 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3563 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3564 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3565 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3566 @end example
3567
3568 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3569 on-chip SRAM.
3570 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3571 writes to target memory;
3572 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3573 GDB memory checksumming;
3574 and more.
3575
3576 @quotation Warning
3577 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3578 inaccessible when application code
3579 (such as an operating system)
3580 enables or disables the MMU.
3581 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3582 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3583 easy access to other addresses needed.
3584 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3585 @end quotation
3586
3587 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3588 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3589 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3590 controllers.
3591 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3592 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3593 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3594
3595 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3596 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3597 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3598 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3599 purposes including additional configuration.
3600
3601 @itemize @bullet
3602 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3603 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3604 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3605 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3606
3607 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3608 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3609 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3610 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3611 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3612 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3613 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3614 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3615
3616 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3617 @end itemize
3618 @end deffn
3619
3620 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3621 The options accepted by this command may also be
3622 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3623 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3624 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3625
3626 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3627 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3628 and changing its endianness or variant.
3629
3630 @itemize @bullet
3631
3632 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3633 used to access this target.
3634
3635 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3636 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3637
3638 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3639 @xref{Target Events}.
3640 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3641 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3642 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3643 same event name assigns only one handler.
3644
3645 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3646 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3647
3648 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3649 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3650 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3651 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3652 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3653 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3654 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3655
3656 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3657 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3658 or virtual address is being used.
3659
3660 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3661 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3662
3663 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3664 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3665 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3666 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3667 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3668
3669 @end itemize
3670 @end deffn
3671
3672 @section Other $target_name Commands
3673 @cindex object command
3674
3675 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3676 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3677
3678 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3679 Once a button is created a button
3680 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3681 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3682 configure it like this:
3683
3684 @example
3685 # Create
3686 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3687 # Modify
3688 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3689 # Query
3690 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3691 # Report
3692 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3693 @end example
3694
3695 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3696 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3697
3698 @example
3699 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3700 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3701 @end example
3702
3703 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3704
3705 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3706 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3707 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3708 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3709 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3710 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3711 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3712 They are not otherwise documented here.
3713 @end deffn
3714
3715 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3716 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3717 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3718 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3719 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3720 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3721 the target side uses raw memory.
3722
3723 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3724 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3725 The script orientation comes from working with data
3726 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3727 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3728 and neither store nor return those values.
3729
3730 @itemize
3731 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3732 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3733 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3734 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3735 @end itemize
3736 @end deffn
3737
3738 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3739 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3740 @command{$target_name configure}
3741 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3742 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3743 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3744 There are a few special cases:
3745
3746 @itemize @bullet
3747 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3748 event named @var{event_name}.
3749 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3750 two parameters.
3751 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3752 This is a special case because this is set using
3753 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3754 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3755 @end itemize
3756
3757 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3758 all the targets you might use something like this:
3759
3760 @example
3761 foreach name [target names] @{
3762 set y [$name cget -endian]
3763 set z [$name cget -type]
3764 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3765 $x $name $y $z]
3766 @}
3767 @end example
3768 @end deffn
3769
3770 @anchor{target curstate}
3771 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3772 Displays the current target state:
3773 @code{debug-running},
3774 @code{halted},
3775 @code{reset},
3776 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3777 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3778 @end deffn
3779
3780 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3781 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3782 currently associated with this target.
3783 @xref{Target Events}.
3784 @end deffn
3785
3786 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3787 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3788 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3789 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3790 @end deffn
3791
3792 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3793 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3794 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3795 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3796 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3797 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3798 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3799 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3800 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3801 @end deffn
3802
3803 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3804 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3805 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3806 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3807 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3808 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3809 @end deffn
3810
3811 @anchor{Target Events}
3812 @section Target Events
3813 @cindex target events
3814 @cindex events
3815 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3816 For example:
3817 @itemize @bullet
3818 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3819 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3820 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3821 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3822 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3823 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3824 to set up system clocks or
3825 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3826 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3827 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3828 @end itemize
3829
3830 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3831 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3832 @command{target create ... -event}.
3833
3834 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3835 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3836 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3837
3838 @example
3839 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3840 echo "Reset..."
3841 reset halt
3842 @}
3843 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3844 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3845 echo "Reset..."
3846 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3847 reset init
3848 @}
3849 @end example
3850
3851 The following target events are defined:
3852
3853 @itemize @bullet
3854 @item @b{debug-halted}
3855 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3856 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3857 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3858 @item @b{early-halted}
3859 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3860 @ignore
3861 @item @b{examine-end}
3862 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3863 @item @b{examine-start}
3864 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3865 @end ignore
3866 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3867 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3868 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3869 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3870 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3871 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3872 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3873 @* When GDB disconnects
3874 @item @b{gdb-end}
3875 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3876 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3877 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3878 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3879 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3880 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3881 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3882 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3883 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3884 @item @b{gdb-start}
3885 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3886 @item @b{halted}
3887 @* The target has halted
3888 @ignore
3889 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3890 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3891 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3892 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3893 @end ignore
3894 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3895 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3896 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3897 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3898 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3899 @item @b{reset-assert}
3900 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3901 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3902 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3903 it instead of asserting SRST.
3904 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3905 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3906 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3907 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3908 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3909 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3910 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3911 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3912 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3913 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3914 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3915 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3916 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3917 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3918 released on the scan chain.
3919 @item @b{reset-end}
3920 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3921 @ignore
3922 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3923 @* Currently not used
3924 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3925 @* Currently not used
3926 @end ignore
3927 @item @b{reset-init}
3928 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3929 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3930
3931 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3932 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3933 multiplexing, and so on.
3934 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3935 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3936 @item @b{reset-start}
3937 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3938 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3939
3940 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3941 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3942 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3943 @ignore
3944 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3945 @* Currently not used
3946 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3947 @* Currently not used
3948 @end ignore
3949 @item @b{resume-start}
3950 @* Before any target is resumed
3951 @item @b{resume-end}
3952 @* After all targets have resumed
3953 @item @b{resume-ok}
3954 @* Success
3955 @item @b{resumed}
3956 @* Target has resumed
3957 @end itemize
3958
3959
3960 @node Flash Commands
3961 @chapter Flash Commands
3962
3963 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3964 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3965 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3966 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3967 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3968 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3969 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3970 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3971 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3972
3973 Flash Steps:
3974 @enumerate
3975 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3976 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3977 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3978 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3979 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3980 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3981 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3982 @item GDB Flashing
3983 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3984 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3985 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3986 @end enumerate
3987
3988 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3989 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3990 so that it can't boot.
3991 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3992 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3993
3994 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3995 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3996 @cindex flash configuration
3997
3998 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3999 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4000 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4001 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4002 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4003 see the driver-specific documentation.
4004
4005 @itemize @bullet
4006 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4007 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4008 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4009 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4010 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4011 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4012 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4013 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4014 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4015 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4016 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4017 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4018 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4019 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4020 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4021 commands to the flash controller.
4022 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4023 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4024 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4025 for more information.
4026 @end itemize
4027 @quotation Note
4028 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4029 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4030 @end quotation
4031 @end deffn
4032
4033 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4034 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4035 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4036 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4037 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4038 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4039 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4040 @end deffn
4041
4042 @deffn Command {flash list}
4043 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4044 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4045 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4049 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4050 depends on the flash type.
4051 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4052 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4053 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4054 but most don't bother.
4055 @end deffn
4056
4057 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4058 @cindex flash erasing
4059 @cindex flash reading
4060 @cindex flash writing
4061 @cindex flash programming
4062
4063 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4064 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4065 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4066 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4067 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4068
4069 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4070 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4071 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4072 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4073 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4074
4075 @quotation Note
4076 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4077 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4078 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4079 back to a flash bank.
4080 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4081 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4082 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4083 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4084 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4085 @end quotation
4086
4087 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4088 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4089 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4090 disabled first.
4091 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4092 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4093 @xref{flash protect}.
4094
4095 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4096 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4097 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4098 up to and including @var{last}.
4099 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4100 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4101 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4102 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4103 @end deffn
4104
4105 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4106 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4107 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4108 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4109 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4110 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4111 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4112 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4113 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4114 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4115 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4116 before erase starts.
4117 @end deffn
4118
4119 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4120 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4121 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4122 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4123 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4124 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4125 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4126 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4127 before issuing this command.
4128 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4129 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4130 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4131 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4132 @end deffn
4133 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4134
4135 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4136 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4137 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4138 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4139 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4140 @end deffn
4141
4142 @anchor{flash write_image}
4143 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4144 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4145 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4146 to the base address for each section in the image.
4147 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4148 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4149 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4150 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4151 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4152 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4153 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4154 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4155 each image section.
4156
4157 @quotation Warning
4158 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4159 data you want to preserve.
4160 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4161 sections might be erased with no notice.
4162 @itemize
4163 @item
4164 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4165 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4166 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4167 @item
4168 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4169 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4170 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4171 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4172 @end itemize
4173 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4174 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4175 @end quotation
4176
4177 @end deffn
4178
4179 @section Other Flash commands
4180 @cindex flash protection
4181
4182 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4183 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4184 and display that status.
4185 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4186 @end deffn
4187
4188 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4189 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4190 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4191 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4192 and possibly stale information.
4193 @end deffn
4194
4195 @anchor{flash protect}
4196 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4197 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4198 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4199 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4200 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4201 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4202 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4206 @section Flash Driver List
4207 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4208 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4209 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4210
4211 @subsection External Flash
4212
4213 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4214 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4215 @cindex CFI
4216 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4217 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4218 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4219 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4220 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4221 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4222 configure a bus and its timings), or
4223 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4224 on the flash chip.
4225 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4226 speed up operation.
4227
4228 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4229
4230 @itemize
4231 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4232 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4233 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4234 @end itemize
4235
4236 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4237 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4238
4239 @example
4240 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4241 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4242 @end example
4243
4244 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4245 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4246 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4247
4248 @example
4249 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4250 @end example
4251
4252 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4253 @end deffn
4254
4255 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4256
4257 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4258 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4259 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4260 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4261 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4262 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4263
4264 @example
4265 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4266 @end example
4267 @end deffn
4268
4269 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4270 @cindex at91sam3
4271 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4272 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4273 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4274 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4275 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4276 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4277 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4278 chips are confirmed.}
4279
4280 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4281 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4282 the following fixed locations:
4283
4284 @example
4285 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4286 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4287 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4288 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4289 @end example
4290
4291 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4292 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4293 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4294
4295 @itemize
4296 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4297 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4298 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4299 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4300 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4301 @end itemize
4302
4303 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4304
4305 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4306 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4307 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4308 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4309 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4310 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4311 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4312
4313 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4314 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4318 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4319 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4320 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4321 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4322 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4323 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4324 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4325 @end deffn
4326
4327 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4328 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4329 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4330 @end deffn
4331 @end deffn
4332
4333 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4334 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4335 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4336 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4337 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4338
4339 @example
4340 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4341 @end example
4342
4343 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4344 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4345
4346 @itemize
4347 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4348 @item @var{banks}
4349 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4350 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4351 @item @var{pages_size}
4352 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4353 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4354 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4355 @end itemize
4356
4357 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4358 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4359 will be autoconfigured.
4360 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4361
4362 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4363 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4364 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4365 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4366 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4367
4368 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4369 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4370 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4371 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4372 are not truly general purpose).
4373 @quotation Note
4374 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4375 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4376 @end quotation
4377 @end deffn
4378 @end deffn
4379
4380 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4381 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4382 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4383 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4387 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4388 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4389 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4390 and executed.
4391 @end deffn
4392
4393 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4394 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4395 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4396
4397 @quotation Note
4398 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4399 driver:
4400 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4401 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4402 @end quotation
4403
4404 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4405 which must appear in the following order:
4406
4407 @itemize
4408 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4409 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4410 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4411 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4412 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4413 at which the core is running
4414 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4415 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4416 @quotation Note
4417 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4418 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4419 However, if you do provide it,
4420 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4421 @end quotation
4422 @end itemize
4423
4424 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4425
4426 @example
4427 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4428 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4429 @end example
4430
4431 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4432 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4433 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4434 @end deffn
4435 @end deffn
4436
4437 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4438 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4439 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4440 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4441 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4442 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4443
4444 @example
4445 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4446 @end example
4447 @end deffn
4448
4449 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4450 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4451 from NXP.
4452
4453 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4454 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4455 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4456 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4457 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4458 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4459 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4460 you start the PLL.
4461
4462 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4463
4464 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4465 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4466 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4467
4468 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4469 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4470 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4471 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4472 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4473 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4474 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4475
4476 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4477 @example
4478 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4479 @end example
4480
4481 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4482 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4483 @code{flash banks} command.
4484
4485 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4486 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4487 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4488 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4489 a known signature.
4490 Example:
4491 @example
4492 lpc2900 signature 0
4493 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4494 @end example
4495 @end deffn
4496
4497 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4498 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4499 saves it to a file in binary format.
4500 Example:
4501 @example
4502 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4503 @end example
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4507 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4508 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4509 command:
4510
4511 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4512 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4513 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4514 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4515
4516 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4517 Example:
4518 @example
4519 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4520 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4521 @end example
4522 @end deffn
4523
4524 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4525 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4526 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4527 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4528 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4529 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4530 912 bytes.
4531 @quotation Attention
4532 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4533 @end quotation
4534 Example:
4535 @example
4536 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4537 @end example
4538 @end deffn
4539
4540 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4541 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4542 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4543 after the next power cycle.
4544 @quotation Attention
4545 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4546 @end quotation
4547 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4548 Example:
4549 @example
4550 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4551 flash info 0
4552 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4553 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4554 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4555 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4556 @end example
4557 @end deffn
4558
4559 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4560 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4561 effective after the next power cycle.
4562 @quotation Attention
4563 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4564 @end quotation
4565 Examples:
4566 @example
4567 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4568 @end example
4569 @end deffn
4570 @end deffn
4571
4572 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4573 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4574
4575 @example
4576 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4577 @end example
4578 @end deffn
4579
4580 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4581 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4582 and integrate flash memory.
4583
4584 @example
4585 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4586 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4587 @end example
4588
4589 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4590 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4591 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4592 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4593 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4594 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4595 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4596 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4597 @end deffn
4598 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4599 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4600 This will remove any Code Protection.
4601 @end deffn
4602 @end deffn
4603
4604 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4605 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4606 Texas Instruments
4607 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4608 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4609 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4610 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4611 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4612 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4613
4614 @example
4615 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4616 @end example
4617 @end deffn
4618
4619 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4620 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4621 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4622 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4623 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4624 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4625
4626 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4627 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4628 @quotation Warning
4629 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4630 applied to all of them.
4631 @end quotation
4632 @end deffn
4633
4634 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4635 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4636 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4637 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4638 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4639
4640 @example
4641 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4642 @end example
4643
4644 Some stm32x-specific commands
4645 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4646 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4647 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4648 are defined:
4649
4650 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4651 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4652 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4656 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4657 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4658 @end deffn
4659
4660 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4661 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4662 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4663 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4664 @end deffn
4665
4666 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4667 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4668 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4669 @end deffn
4670 @end deffn
4671
4672 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4673 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4674 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4675 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4676 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4677
4678 @example
4679 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4680 @end example
4681
4682 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4683 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4684 for the specified flash bank.
4685 @end deffn
4686 @end deffn
4687
4688 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4689 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4690 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4691 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4692 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4693
4694 @example
4695 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4696 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4697 @end example
4698
4699 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4700 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4701 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4702
4703 @itemize @bullet
4704 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4705 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4706 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4707 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4708 @end itemize
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711 @end deffn
4712
4713 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4714 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4715 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4716 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4717
4718 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4719
4720 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4721 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4722 @end deffn
4723
4724 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4725 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4726 @end deffn
4727
4728 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4729 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4730 the flash clock.
4731 @end deffn
4732 @end deffn
4733
4734 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4735 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4736 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4737
4738 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4739
4740 @itemize
4741 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4742 @end itemize
4743
4744 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4745 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4746 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4747 @example
4748 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4749 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4750 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4751 @end example
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @subsection str9xpec driver
4755 @cindex str9xpec
4756
4757 Here is some background info to help
4758 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4759 the str9:
4760 @enumerate
4761 @item
4762 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4763 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4764 @item
4765 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4766 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4767 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4768 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4769 @end enumerate
4770
4771 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4772 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4773 configured for flash bank 0.
4774 @example
4775 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4776 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4777 jtag_reset 0 1
4778 # turn off target polling
4779 poll off
4780 # disable str9 core
4781 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4782 # read option bytes
4783 str9xpec options_read 0
4784 # re-enable str9 core
4785 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4786 poll on
4787 reset halt
4788 @end example
4789 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4790 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4791 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4792 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4793
4794 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4795 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4796 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4797 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4798 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4799
4800 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4801
4802 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4803 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4804 @end deffn
4805
4806 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4807 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4808 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4809 @end deffn
4810
4811 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4812 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4813 erase the device.
4814 @end deffn
4815
4816 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4817 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4818 @end deffn
4819
4820 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4821 Configure str9 boot bank.
4822 @end deffn
4823
4824 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4825 Configure str9 lvd source.
4826 @end deffn
4827
4828 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4829 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4833 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4834 @end deffn
4835
4836 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4837 Read str9 option bytes.
4838 @end deffn
4839
4840 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4841 Write str9 option bytes.
4842 @end deffn
4843
4844 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4845 unlock str9 device.
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @end deffn
4849
4850
4851 @section mFlash
4852
4853 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4854 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4855
4856 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4857 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4858 address @var{base}.
4859 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4860 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4861
4862 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4863
4864 @example
4865 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4866 @end example
4867
4868 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4869
4870 @example
4871 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4872 @end example
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @subsection mFlash commands
4876 @cindex mFlash commands
4877
4878 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4879 Configure mflash PLL.
4880 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4881 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4882 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4883 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4884 @end deffn
4885
4886 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4887 Configure bootable option.
4888 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4889 (4kB) for boot.
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4893 Configure storage information.
4894 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4895 written.
4896 @end deffn
4897
4898 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4899 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4900 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4904 Probe mflash.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4908 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4909 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4910 @end deffn
4911
4912 @node NAND Flash Commands
4913 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4914 @cindex NAND
4915
4916 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4917 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4918 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4919
4920 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4921 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4922 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4923 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4924 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4925 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4926
4927 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4928 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4929 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4930 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4931 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4932 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4933 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4934 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4935 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4936 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4937
4938 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4939 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4940 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4941 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4942 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4943 every 512 bytes of data.
4944
4945 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4946 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4947 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4948 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4949 ECC mode is used.
4950
4951 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4952 @enumerate
4953 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4954 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4955 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4956 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4957 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4958 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4959 to access that device.
4960 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4961 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4962 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4963 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4964 de-brick a board.
4965 @end enumerate
4966
4967 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4968 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4969 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4970 are only 32 bits wide.
4971 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4972 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4973 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4974 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4975
4976 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4977 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4978 @cindex NAND configuration
4979
4980 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4981 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4982 OpenOCD has initialized.
4983
4984 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4985 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4986 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4987 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4988 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4989 they were a single (larger) device.
4990 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4991 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4992
4993 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4994 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4995 configuration files, not interactively.
4996
4997 @itemize @bullet
4998 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4999 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5000 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5001 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5002 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5003 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5004 commands to the NAND controller.
5005 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5006 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5007 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5008 for more information.
5009 @end itemize
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @deffn Command {nand list}
5013 Prints a summary of each device declared
5014 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5015 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5016 @example
5017 > nand list
5018 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5019 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5020 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5021 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5022 >
5023 @end example
5024 @end deffn
5025
5026 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5027 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5028 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5029 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5030 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5031 it with most other NAND commands.
5032 @end deffn
5033
5034 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5035
5036 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5037 @cindex NAND reading
5038 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5039 starting at the specified offset.
5040 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5041
5042 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5043 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5044
5045 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5046 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5047 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5048
5049 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5050 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5051 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5052 method which handled that error correction.
5053
5054 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5055 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5056 @itemize @bullet
5057 @item no oob_* parameter
5058 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5059 @item @code{oob_raw}
5060 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5061 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5062 spare areas associated with each data page.
5063 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5064 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5065 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5066 @item @code{oob_only}
5067 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5068 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5069 spare areas associated with each data page.
5070 @end itemize
5071 @end deffn
5072
5073 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5074 @cindex NAND erasing
5075 @cindex NAND programming
5076 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5077 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5078 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5079 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5080 If those parameters are not specified,
5081 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5082 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5083
5084 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5085 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5086 block marker.
5087 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5088 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5089 @end deffn
5090
5091 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5092 @cindex NAND writing
5093 @cindex NAND programming
5094 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5095 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5096 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5097 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5098
5099 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5100 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5101
5102 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5103 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5104 past the end of the device.
5105 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5106 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5107 if that's being written.)
5108
5109 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5110 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5111 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5112
5113 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5114 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5115 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5116 @itemize @bullet
5117 @item no oob_* parameter
5118 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5119 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5120 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5121 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5122 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5123 @item @code{oob_only}
5124 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5125 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5126 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5127 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5128 @item @code{oob_raw}
5129 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5130 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5131 un-altered OOB.
5132 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5133 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5134 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5135 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5136 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5137 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5138 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5139 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5140 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5141 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5142 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5143 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5144 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5145 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5146 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5147 @end itemize
5148 @end deffn
5149
5150 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5151 @cindex NAND verification
5152 @cindex NAND programming
5153 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5154 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5155 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5156
5157 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5158 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5159
5160 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5161 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5162 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5163 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5164 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5165
5166 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5167 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5168 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5169
5170 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5171 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5172 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5173 be removed in a future release.
5174 @end deffn
5175
5176 @section Other NAND commands
5177 @cindex NAND other commands
5178
5179 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5180 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5181 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5182 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5183 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5184 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5185 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5186 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5187
5188 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5189 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5190 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5191 @end deffn
5192
5193 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5194 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5195 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5196 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5197 status for each block.
5198 @end deffn
5199
5200 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5201 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5202 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5203
5204 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5205 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5206 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5207 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5208 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5209
5210 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5211 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5212 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5213 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5214 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5215 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5216 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5217 @end deffn
5218
5219 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5220 @section NAND Driver List
5221 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5222 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5223 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5224
5225 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5226 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5227 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5228 address of the ECC controller.
5229 @example
5230 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5231 @end example
5232 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5233 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5234 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5235 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5236 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5237 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5238 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5239 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5240 @end deffn
5241 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5242 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5243 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5244 @end deffn
5245
5246 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5247 properly configured for input or output.
5248 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5249 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5250 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5251 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5252 @end deffn
5253 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5254 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5255 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5256 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5257 @end deffn
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5261 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5262 chips from Texas Instruments.
5263 It takes three extra parameters:
5264 address of the NAND chip;
5265 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5266 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5267 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5268 @example
5269 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5270 @end example
5271 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5272 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5273 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5274 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5275 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5276 @end deffn
5277
5278 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5279 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5280 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5281 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5282 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5283 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5284 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5285 @end deffn
5286
5287 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5288 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5289 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5290 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5291 @end deffn
5292 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5293
5294 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5295 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5296 parameter: the address of the controller.
5297 @example
5298 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5299 @end example
5300 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5301 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5302 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5303 change any behavior.
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5307 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5308 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5309 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5310 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5311 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5312 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5313 specialized commands.
5314 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5315 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5316 change any behavior.
5317 @end deffn
5318
5319 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5320 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5321 @cindex PLD
5322 @cindex FPGA
5323
5324 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5325 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5326 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5327 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5328 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5329 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5330 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5331
5332 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5333
5334 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5335 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5336 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5337
5338 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5339 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5340
5341 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5342 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5343 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5344 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5345 behavior.
5346 @end deffn
5347
5348 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5349 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5350 @end deffn
5351
5352 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5353 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5354 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5355 @end deffn
5356
5357 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5358
5359 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5360 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5361 that particular type of PLD.
5362
5363 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5364 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5365 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5366 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5367 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5368
5369 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5370 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5371 for FPGA @var{num}.
5372 @end deffn
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @node General Commands
5376 @chapter General Commands
5377 @cindex commands
5378
5379 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5380 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5381 commands are documented elsewhere.
5382
5383 Intent:
5384 @itemize @bullet
5385 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5386 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5387 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5388 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5389
5390 @item @b{From the human}
5391 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5392 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5393
5394 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5395 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5396 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5397
5398 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5399 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5400 port is 5555.
5401 @end itemize
5402
5403
5404 @section Daemon Commands
5405
5406 @deffn {Command} exit
5407 Exits the current telnet session.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5411 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5412 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5413 Not every command provides helptext.
5414
5415 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5416 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5417 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5418 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5419 @end deffn
5420
5421 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5422 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5423 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5424 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5425 Useful in connection with script files
5426 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @deffn Command shutdown
5430 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5431 @end deffn
5432
5433 @anchor{debug_level}
5434 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5435 @cindex message level
5436 Display debug level.
5437 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5438 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5439 Level 0 is error messages only;
5440 level 1 adds warnings;
5441 level 2 adds informational messages;
5442 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5443 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5444 the command line along with the location of that log
5445 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5446 @xref{Running}.
5447 @end deffn
5448
5449 @deffn Command echo message
5450 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5451 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5452 @example
5453 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5454 @end example
5455 @end deffn
5456
5457 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5458 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5459 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5460 @end deffn
5461
5462 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5463 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5464 @end deffn
5465
5466 @anchor{Target State handling}
5467 @section Target State handling
5468 @cindex reset
5469 @cindex halt
5470 @cindex target initialization
5471
5472 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5473 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5474 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5475 a current target which is used to perform the
5476 various operations. The current target may be changed
5477 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5478 target which should become current.
5479
5480 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5481 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5482 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5483 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5484 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5485
5486 @emph{With no arguments}:
5487 list all available registers for the current target,
5488 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5489 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5490 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5491 are flagged as such.
5492
5493 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5494
5495 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5496 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5497 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5498 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5499 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5500 relevant module will flush such values.
5501
5502 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5503 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5504
5505 @example
5506 > reg
5507 ===== ARM registers
5508 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5509 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5510 (2) r2 (/32)
5511 ...
5512 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5513 >
5514 @end example
5515 @end deffn
5516
5517 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5518 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5519 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5520 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5521 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5522 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5523 (and enter debug mode).
5524 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5525
5526 @quotation Warning
5527 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5528 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5529 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5530 power mode by gating the core clock;
5531 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5532
5533 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5534 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5535 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5536 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5537 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5538 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5539
5540 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5541 work with a JTAG debugger.
5542 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5543 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5544 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5545 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5546 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5547 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5548 @end quotation
5549
5550 @end deffn
5551
5552 @deffn Command resume [address]
5553 Resume the target at its current code position,
5554 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5555 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5556 @end deffn
5557
5558 @deffn Command step [address]
5559 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5560 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @anchor{Reset Command}
5564 @deffn Command reset
5565 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5566 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5567 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5568 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5569 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5570 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5571
5572 The optional parameter specifies what should
5573 happen after the reset.
5574 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5575 The other options will not work on all systems.
5576 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5577
5578 @itemize @minus
5579 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5580 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5581 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5582 @end itemize
5583 @end deffn
5584
5585 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5586 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5587 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5588 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5589 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5590 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5591 state.
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @section I/O Utilities
5595
5596 These commands are available when
5597 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5598 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5599 notably the ZY1000.
5600 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5601
5602 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5603
5604 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5605 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5606 the text file @file{filename}.
5607 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5608 The last string is followed by a newline.
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn Command cat filename
5612 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5613 @end deffn
5614
5615 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5616 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5617 into @file{dest_filename}.
5618 @end deffn
5619
5620 @deffn Command ip
5621 @emph{No description provided.}
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @deffn Command ls
5625 @emph{No description provided.}
5626 @end deffn
5627
5628 @deffn Command mac
5629 @emph{No description provided.}
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @deffn Command meminfo
5633 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5634 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5635 @end deffn
5636
5637 @deffn Command peek
5638 @emph{No description provided.}
5639 @end deffn
5640
5641 @deffn Command poke
5642 @emph{No description provided.}
5643 @end deffn
5644
5645 @deffn Command rm filename
5646 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5647 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command trunc filename
5651 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @anchor{Memory access}
5655 @section Memory access commands
5656 @cindex memory access
5657
5658 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5659 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5660 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5661 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5662
5663 @enumerate
5664 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5665 to change the current target.
5666 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5667 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5668 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5669 @end enumerate
5670
5671 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5672 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5673 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5674 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5675 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5676 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5677 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5678 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5679 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5680 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5681 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5682 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5683 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5687 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5688 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5689 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5690 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5691 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5692 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5693 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5694 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5695 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698
5699 @anchor{Image access}
5700 @section Image loading commands
5701 @cindex image loading
5702 @cindex image dumping
5703
5704 @anchor{dump_image}
5705 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5706 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5707 binary file named @var{filename}.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5711 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5712 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5713 @end deffn
5714
5715 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5716 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5717 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5718 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5719 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5720 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5721 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5722 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5723 separately.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @anchor{load_image}
5727 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5728 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5729 The file format may optionally be specified
5730 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5731 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5732 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5733 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5734 @example
5735 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5736 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5737 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5738 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5739 @}
5740 @end example
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5744 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5745 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5746 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5747 The file format may optionally be specified
5748 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5749 @end deffn
5750
5751 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5752 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5753 The file format may optionally be specified
5754 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5755 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5756 @end deffn
5757
5758
5759 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5760 @cindex breakpoint
5761 @cindex watchpoint
5762
5763 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5764 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5765 watchpoints.
5766 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5767
5768 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5769 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5770 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5771 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5772 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5773 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5774
5775 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5776 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5777 @end deffn
5778
5779 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5780 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5781 @end deffn
5782
5783 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5784 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5785 @end deffn
5786
5787 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5788 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5789 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5790 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5791 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5792 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5793 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5794 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5795 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5796 @end deffn
5797
5798 @section Misc Commands
5799
5800 @cindex profiling
5801 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5802 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5803 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5804 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5805 @end deffn
5806
5807 @deffn Command {version}
5808 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5809 @end deffn
5810
5811 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5812 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5813 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5817 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5818 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5819 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5820
5821 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5822 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5823 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5824 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5825
5826 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5827 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5828 @cindex tracing
5829 @cindex ETM
5830 @cindex ETB
5831
5832 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5833 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5834 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5835
5836 @itemize
5837 @item
5838 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5839 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5840 supports such an interface.
5841 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5842 and trace port support.)
5843 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5844 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5845 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5846 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5847 in the board-specific configuration file.
5848 @item
5849 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5850 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5851 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5852 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5853 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5854 @end itemize
5855
5856 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5857
5858 @quotation Issues
5859 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5860 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5861
5862 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5863 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5864 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5865 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5866 dummy trace port driver}.
5867
5868 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5869 as well as tracing only during specific states
5870 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5871
5872 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5873 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5874 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5875 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5876 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5877
5878 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5879 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5880 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5881 this original style of JTAG access.
5882 @end quotation
5883
5884 @subsection ETM Configuration
5885 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5886
5887 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5888 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5889 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5890
5891 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5892 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5893 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5894 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5895 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5896 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5897 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5898 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5899 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5900
5901 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5902 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5903 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5904
5905 @quotation Warning
5906 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5907 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5908 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5909 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5910 @end quotation
5911
5912 @quotation Note
5913 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5914 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5915 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5916 what CPU activities are traced.
5917 @end quotation
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920 @deffn Command {etm info}
5921 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5922 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5923 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5924 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5925 @end deffn
5926
5927 @deffn Command {etm status}
5928 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5929 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5930 Did trace data overflow?
5931 Was it triggered?
5932 @end deffn
5933
5934 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5935 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5936 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5937 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5938 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5939
5940 @itemize
5941 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5942 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5943 The value is one of
5944 @option{none} (save nothing),
5945 @option{data} (save data),
5946 @option{address} (save addresses),
5947 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5948 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5949 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5950 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5951 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5952 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5953 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5954 trace stream without an image of the code.
5955 @end itemize
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5959 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5960 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5961 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5962 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5963
5964 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5965 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5966 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5970
5971 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5972 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5973 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5974
5975 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5976 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5977 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5978 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5979 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5980 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5981 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5982
5983 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5984
5985 @itemize
5986 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5987 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5988 for instruction access within that function's body.
5989 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5990 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5991 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5992 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5993 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5994 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5995 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5996 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5997 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5998 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5999 @item @emph{... more}
6000 @end itemize
6001
6002 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6003 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6004
6005 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6006 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6007 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6008 @end deffn
6009
6010 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6011 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6012 @end deffn
6013
6014 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6015 Opens an image file.
6016 @end deffn
6017
6018 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6019 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6020 @end deffn
6021
6022 @deffn Command {etm start}
6023 Starts trace data collection.
6024 @end deffn
6025
6026 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6027 Stops trace data collection.
6028 @end deffn
6029
6030 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6031 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6032
6033 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6034
6035 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6036 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6037 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6038 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6039 any trace data collection.}
6040 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6041 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6042 @end deffn
6043 @end deffn
6044
6045 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6046 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6047 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6048 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6049 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6050 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6051 @end deffn
6052 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6053 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6054 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6055 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6056 trace trigger becomes active.
6057
6058 @itemize
6059 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6060 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6061 afterwards.
6062 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6063 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6064 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6065 what caused that event to happen.
6066 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6067 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6068 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6069 how the event caused trouble.
6070 @end itemize
6071 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6072 @end deffn
6073
6074 @end deffn
6075
6076 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6077 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6078 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6079 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6080 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6081
6082 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6083 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6084
6085 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6086 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6087 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6088 @end deffn
6089
6090 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6091 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6092 @end deffn
6093
6094 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6095 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6096 @end deffn
6097 @end deffn
6098
6099
6100 @section Generic ARM
6101 @cindex ARM
6102
6103 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6104 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6105 commands that may be available.
6106
6107 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6108 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6109 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6110 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6111 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6112 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6113 @end deffn
6114
6115 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6116 @cindex disassemble
6117 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6118 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6119 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6120 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6121 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6122 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6123 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6124
6125 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6126 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6127 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6128 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6129 with a handful of exceptions.
6130 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6131 @end deffn
6132
6133 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6134 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6135 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6136 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6137 and using the MCR instruction.
6138 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6139 an ARM register.)
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6143 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6144 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6145 and the MRC instruction.
6146 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6147 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6148 an ARM register.)
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6152 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6153 core mode if necessary.
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6157 @cindex ARM semihosting
6158 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6159
6160 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6161 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6162 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6163 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6164 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6165 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6169 @cindex ARMv4
6170 @cindex ARMv5
6171
6172 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6173 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6174 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6175 variant.
6176
6177 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6178 @cindex ARM7
6179 @cindex ARM9
6180
6181 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6182 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6183 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6184 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6185
6186 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6187 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6188 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6189 instead of breakpoints.
6190 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6191
6192 This should be
6193 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6194 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6195 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6196 @end deffn
6197
6198 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6199 @cindex DCC
6200 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6201 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6202 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6203
6204 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6205 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6206 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6207 @end deffn
6208
6209 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6210 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6211 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6212 that don't check completion of the operation.
6213 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6214
6215 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6216 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6217 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6221 @cindex ARM720T
6222
6223 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6224 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6225 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6226 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6227
6228 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6229 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6230 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6231
6232 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6233 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6234 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6235 @end deffn
6236
6237 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6238 @cindex ARM9
6239
6240 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6241 integer processors.
6242 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6243
6244 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6245 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6246 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6247 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6248
6249 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6250 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6251 @cindex vector_catch
6252 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6253 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6254 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6255 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6256 to those hardware vectors.
6257
6258 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6259 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6260 vector catch hardware to intercept
6261 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6262 @option{none} of them,
6263 or a list with one or more of the following:
6264 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6265 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6266 @end deffn
6267
6268 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6269 @cindex ARM920T
6270
6271 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6272 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6273 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6274 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6275 and ARM9 commands.
6276
6277 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6278 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6279 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6280 @end deffn
6281
6282 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6283 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6284 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6285 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6286 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6287 (Not all registers can be written.)
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6291 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6292 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6293
6294 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6295 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6296 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6297 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6298 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6299 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6300 @end deffn
6301
6302 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6303 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6304 @end deffn
6305
6306 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6307 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6308 @end deffn
6309
6310 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6311 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6312
6313 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6314 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6315 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6316 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6317 and ARM9 commands.
6318
6319 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6320 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6321
6322 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6323 Print information about the caches found.
6324 @end deffn
6325
6326 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6327 @cindex ARM966E
6328
6329 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6330 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6331 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6332 and ARM9 commands.
6333
6334 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6335 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6336 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6337 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6338 ARM966E-S TRM.
6339 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6340 as required for BIST support.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @subsection XScale specific commands
6344 @cindex XScale
6345
6346 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6347
6348 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6349 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6350 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6351 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6352 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6353 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6354 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6355
6356 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6357 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6358 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6359 the mini-IC.
6360
6361 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6362 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6363 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6364 code layout in memory:
6365 @example
6366 _vectors:
6367 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6368 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6369 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6370 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6371 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6372 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6373 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6374 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6375 .org 0x100
6376 .long real_reset_vector
6377 .long real_ui_handler
6378 .long real_swi_handler
6379 .long real_pf_abort
6380 .long real_data_abort
6381 .long 0 /* unused */
6382 .long real_irq_handler
6383 .long real_fiq_handler
6384 @end example
6385
6386 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6387 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6388 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6389 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6390 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6391 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6392 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6393 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6394 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6395 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6396 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6397 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6398 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6399 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6400 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6401 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6402 software.
6403
6404 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6405 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6406 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6407 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6408
6409 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6410 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6411 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6412 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6413 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6414 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6415 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6416 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6417 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6418
6419 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6420 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6421
6422 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6423 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6424 @end deffn
6425
6426 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6427 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6428 @end deffn
6429
6430 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6431 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6435 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6436 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6437 @end deffn
6438
6439 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6440 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6441 @end deffn
6442
6443 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6444 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6445 @end deffn
6446
6447 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6448 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6449 @end deffn
6450
6451 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6452 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6453 @end deffn
6454
6455 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6456 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6457 @end deffn
6458
6459 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6460 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6461 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6462 and modifying how it is emptied.
6463 @end deffn
6464
6465 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6466 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6467 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6468 The image @var{type} may be one of
6469 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6470 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6471 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6472 @end deffn
6473
6474 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6475 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6476 @cindex vector_catch
6477 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6478 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6479
6480 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6481 @example
6482 0x01 Trap Reset
6483 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6484 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6485 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6486 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6487 0x20 reserved
6488 0x40 Trap IRQ
6489 0x80 Trap FIQ
6490 @end example
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6494 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6495 @cindex vector_table
6496
6497 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6498 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6499 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6500 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6501 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6502
6503 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6504
6505 @end deffn
6506
6507 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6508 @cindex ARMv6
6509
6510 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6511 @cindex ARM11
6512
6513 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6514 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6515 which is enabled by default.
6516 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6517 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6518 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6519 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6520 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6521 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6522 @end deffn
6523
6524 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6525 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6526 which is enabled by default.
6527 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6528 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6529 @end deffn
6530
6531 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6532 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6533 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6534 they are disabled by default.
6535 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6536 @end deffn
6537
6538 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6539 @cindex vector_catch
6540 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6541 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6542 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6543
6544 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6545 for certain hardware events.
6546 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6547 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6548 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6552 @cindex ARMv7
6553
6554 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6555 @cindex Debug Access Port
6556 @cindex DAP
6557 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6558 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6559 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6560
6561 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6562 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6563 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6564 @end deffn
6565
6566 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6567 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6568 @end deffn
6569
6570 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6571 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6572 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6573 @end deffn
6574
6575 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6576 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6577 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6578 @end deffn
6579
6580 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6581 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6582 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6583 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6584 @end deffn
6585
6586 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6587 @cindex Cortex-M3
6588
6589 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6590 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6591 @end deffn
6592
6593 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6594 @cindex vector_catch
6595 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6596 for certain hardware events.
6597
6598 Parameters request interception of
6599 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6600 @option{none} of them,
6601 or one or more of the following:
6602 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6603 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6604 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6605 @option{irq_err},
6606 @option{state_err},
6607 @option{chk_err}, or
6608 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6609 @option{reset}.
6610 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6611 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6612 are mapped to HardFault.
6613 UsageFault checks for
6614 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6615 must also be explicitly enabled.
6616
6617 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6618 @end deffn
6619
6620 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6621 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6622 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6623 @itemize @minus
6624 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6625 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6626 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6627 @end itemize
6628 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6629 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6630 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6631 the peripherals.
6632 @xref{Target Events}.
6633 @end deffn
6634
6635 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6636 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6637 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6638 @cindex tracing
6639 @cindex libdcc
6640 @cindex DCC
6641 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6642 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6643 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6644 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6645
6646 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6647 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6648 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6649 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6650 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6651 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6652
6653 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6654 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6655 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6656 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6657 The target being debugged may
6658 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6659 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6660 each supported by a command:
6661
6662 @itemize
6663 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6664 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6665 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6666 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6667
6668 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6669 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6670 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6671
6672 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6673 and then displayed at any time.
6674 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6675
6676 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6677 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6678 @end itemize
6679
6680 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6681 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6682 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6683 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6684 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6685 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6686 does the same thing.
6687
6688 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6689 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6690 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6691 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6692 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6693
6694 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6695 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6696 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6697 @end deffn
6698
6699 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6700 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6701 in the order they triggered.
6702 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6703 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6704 history records.
6705 @end deffn
6706
6707 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6708 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6709 they have been triggered.
6710 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6711 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6712 and associates it with that identifier.
6713
6714 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6715 are not related except by this command.
6716 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6717 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720
6721 @node JTAG Commands
6722 @chapter JTAG Commands
6723 @cindex JTAG Commands
6724 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6725 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6726 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6727 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6728 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6729
6730 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6731 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6732
6733 @itemize @bullet
6734 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6735 devices such as a CPUs.
6736 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6737 standard state machine (in parallel)
6738 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6739 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6740 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6741 while the reading previous ones.
6742 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6743 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6744 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6745 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6746 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6747 registers.
6748 @end itemize
6749
6750 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6751
6752 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6753 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6754 the order of TAP state transitions.
6755 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6756 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6757 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6758 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6759 these commands are not available.
6760
6761 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6762 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6763 that specify the entire register.
6764 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6765 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6766 The return value holds the original value of each
6767 of those fields.
6768
6769 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6770 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6771 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6772 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6773 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6774
6775 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6776 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6777
6778 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6779 in that state.
6780 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6781 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6782 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6783
6784 @quotation Warning
6785 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6786 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6787 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6788 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6789 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6790 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6791 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6792 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6793 @end quotation
6794 @end deffn
6795
6796 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6797 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6798 This may be used for performance tuning.
6799
6800 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6801 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6802 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6803 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6804 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6805 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6806 @end deffn
6807
6808 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6809 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6810 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6811 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6812 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6813 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6814
6815 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6816 in that state.
6817 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6818 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6819 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6820
6821 @quotation Note
6822 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6823 register values, unlike data register values.
6824 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6825 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6826 @end quotation
6827 @end deffn
6828
6829 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6830 Set values of reset signals.
6831 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6832 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6833 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6834 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6835 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6836 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6837 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6838
6839 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6840 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6841 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6842 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6843 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6844 instead of the TRST signal.
6845 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6846 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6847 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6848 with handlers for that event.
6849 @end deffn
6850
6851 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6852 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6853 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6854 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6855 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6856 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6857 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6858 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6859 The final state must also be stable.
6860 @end deffn
6861
6862 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6863 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6864 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6865 Instructions often need some time
6866 to execute before they take effect.
6867 @end deffn
6868
6869 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6870 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6871
6872 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6873 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6874 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6875 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6876 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6877 @end deffn
6878
6879 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6880 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6881 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6882 must also be enabled.
6883 Default is enabled.
6884 @end deffn
6885
6886 @section TAP state names
6887 @cindex TAP state names
6888
6889 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6890 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6891 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6892 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6893
6894 @itemize @bullet
6895 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6896 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6897 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6898 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6899 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6900 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6901 through the data register
6902 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6903 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6904 for update or more shifting
6905 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6906 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6907 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6908 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6909 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6910 through the instruction register
6911 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6912 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6913 for update or more shifting
6914 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6915 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6916 @end itemize
6917
6918 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6919 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6920 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6921 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6922
6923 @itemize @bullet
6924 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6925 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6926 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6927 may not be as expected.
6928 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6929 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6930 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6931 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6932 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6933 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6934 @end itemize
6935
6936 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6937 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6938
6939 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6940 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6941 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6942 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6943
6944 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6945 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6946 @cindex SVF
6947
6948 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6949 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6950 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6951 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6952
6953 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6954 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6955 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6956 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6957 each command is logged before it is executed.
6958 @end deffn
6959
6960 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6961 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6962 @cindex XSVF
6963
6964 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6965 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6966 Xilinx devices.
6967 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6968 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6969
6970 @quotation Important
6971 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6972 @end quotation
6973
6974 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6975 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6976 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6977 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6978 that TAP.
6979 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6980 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6981 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6982 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6983 @end deffn
6984
6985 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6986 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6987 after building the software.
6988 You may find them useful:
6989
6990 @itemize
6991 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6992 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6993 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6994 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6995 @end itemize
6996
6997 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6998 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6999 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7000 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7001 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7002 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7003 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7004
7005
7006 @node TFTP
7007 @chapter TFTP
7008 @cindex TFTP
7009 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7010 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7011
7012 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7013 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7014 server (tftpd). For example,
7015
7016 @example
7017 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7018 @end example
7019
7020 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7021 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7022
7023 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7024 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7025 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7026 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7027
7028 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7029 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7030 @cindex GDB
7031 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7032 to debug remote targets.
7033 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7034
7035 @itemize
7036 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7037 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7038 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7039 as shown in this chapter.
7040 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7041 that also will probably need to be configured.
7042 @end itemize
7043
7044 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7045 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7046 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7047 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7048 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7049 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7050
7051 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7052 @section Connecting to GDB
7053 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7054 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7055 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7056 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7057 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7058
7059 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7060
7061 @enumerate
7062 @item
7063 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7064 @example
7065 target remote localhost:3333
7066 @end example
7067 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7068 @item
7069 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7070 @example
7071 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7072 @end example
7073 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7074 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7075 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7076 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7077 @end enumerate
7078
7079 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7080 GDB command line.
7081
7082 @section Sample GDB session startup
7083
7084 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7085 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7086 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7087 small ARM program.
7088 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7089 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7090
7091 @example
7092 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7093 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7094 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7095 ...
7096 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7097 ...
7098 (gdb) load
7099 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7100 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7101 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7102 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7103 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7104 (gdb) continue
7105 Continuing.
7106 ...
7107 @end example
7108
7109 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7110 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7111 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7112 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7113
7114 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7115
7116 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7117 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7118 packet size and the device's memory map.
7119 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7120 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7121 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7122
7123 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7124 You may need to set those up by hand.
7125 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7126 something like:
7127
7128 @example
7129 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7130 @end example
7131
7132 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7133
7134 @example
7135 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7136 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7137 @end example
7138
7139 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7140 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7141 do not have such restrictions.
7142
7143 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7144 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7145 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7146
7147 @example
7148 define hook-step
7149 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7150 end
7151 define hookpost-step
7152 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7153 end
7154 @end example
7155
7156 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7157 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7158 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7159 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7160
7161 @section Programming using GDB
7162 @cindex Programming using GDB
7163
7164 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7165 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7166 @example
7167 gdb_memory_map disable
7168 @end example
7169 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7170 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7171 working area.
7172
7173 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7174 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7175 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7176 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7177
7178 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7179 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7180
7181 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7182 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7183 @example
7184 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7185 @end example
7186
7187 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7188 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7189
7190 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7191 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7192 will be used.
7193
7194 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7195 script can be executed:
7196 @example
7197 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7198 @end example
7199
7200 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7201 can be used.
7202
7203 @node Tcl Scripting API
7204 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7205 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7206 @cindex Tcl scripts
7207 @section API rules
7208
7209 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7210 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7211 information as an argument to each proc.
7212
7213 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7214 pair list and lists.
7215
7216 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7217 list.
7218
7219 @verbatim
7220
7221 > set foo(me) Duane
7222 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7223 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7224 > set foo(duck) Donald
7225
7226 If one does this:
7227
7228 > set foo
7229
7230 The result is:
7231
7232 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7233
7234 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7235
7236 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7237 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7238 }
7239 @end verbatim
7240
7241 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7242 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7243
7244 @section Internal low-level Commands
7245
7246 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7247
7248 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7249 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7250 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7251
7252 @itemize @bullet
7253 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7254
7255 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7256 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7257
7258 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7259 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7260
7261 Return information about the flash banks
7262 @end itemize
7263
7264 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7265 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7266 called "flash_banks".
7267
7268 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7269
7270 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7271 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7272 holds one of the following values:
7273
7274 @itemize @bullet
7275 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7276 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7277 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7278 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7279 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7280 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7281 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7282 @end itemize
7283
7284 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7285
7286 @quotation Note
7287 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7288 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7289 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7290 is jim, not real tcl).
7291 @end quotation
7292
7293 @node FAQ
7294 @chapter FAQ
7295 @cindex faq
7296 @enumerate
7297 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7298 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7299 @cindex RTCK
7300 @cindex adaptive clocking
7301 @*
7302
7303 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7304 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7305 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7306 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7307
7308 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7309 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7310 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7311 @enumerate
7312 @item
7313 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7314 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7315 @item
7316 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7317 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7318 @end enumerate
7319
7320 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7321 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7322 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7323 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7324 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7325 power).
7326
7327 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7328 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7329 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7330 ARM926 scenario).
7331 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7332 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7333 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7334
7335 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7336 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7337 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7338 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7339
7340 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7341
7342 In order to make use of this,
7343 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7344 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7345
7346 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7347 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7348 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7349 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7350 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7351
7352 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7353 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7354 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7355 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7356
7357 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7358 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7359 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7360 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7361 with a CPLD.
7362 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7363 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7364 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7365 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7366 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7367 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7368
7369 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7370
7371 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7372
7373 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7374 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7375 depending on the chips on your board.
7376 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7377 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7378 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7379
7380 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7381 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7382 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7383
7384 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7385 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7386 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7387 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7388
7389 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7390 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7391 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7392 this way.
7393
7394 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7395 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7396 clock rate.
7397 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7398 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7399 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7400
7401 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7402
7403 @example
7404 # Example: 1.234MHz
7405 adapter_khz 1234
7406 @end example
7407
7408
7409 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7410
7411 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7412 around Windows filenames.
7413
7414 @example
7415 > echo \a
7416
7417 > echo @{\a@}
7418 \a
7419 > echo "\a"
7420
7421 >
7422 @end example
7423
7424
7425 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7426
7427 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7428 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7429 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7430
7431 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7432 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7433 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7434
7435 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7436 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7437 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7438
7439 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7440
7441 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7442 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7443 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7444 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7445
7446 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7447 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7448 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7449
7450 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7451 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7452
7453 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7454 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7455 memory read caused data abort".
7456
7457 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7458 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7459 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7460 be done, feel free to add this here.
7461
7462 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7463 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7464 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7465 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7466 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7467 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7468 gracefully stops.
7469
7470 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7471 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7472 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7473
7474 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7475 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7476 bytes. Painful...
7477
7478
7479 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7480 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7481
7482 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7483 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7484 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7485 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7486 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7487 reset, everything else should work fine.
7488
7489 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7490 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7491 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7492 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7493
7494 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7495 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7496 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7497 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7498
7499 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7500
7501 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7502 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7503 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7504 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7505
7506 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7507 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7508 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7509 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7510
7511 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7512 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7513 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7514
7515 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7516 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7517
7518 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7519 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7520 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7521 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7522 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7523 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7524 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7525 clock frequency?
7526
7527 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7528 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7529 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7530 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7531 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7532
7533 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7534
7535 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7536 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7537 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7538 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7539 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7540 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7541 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7542
7543 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7544
7545 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7546 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7547 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7548 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7549
7550 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7551 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7552 particular order?
7553
7554 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7555 the same order used by the hardware.
7556
7557 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7558 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7559 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7560 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7561 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7562 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7563
7564 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7565 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7566 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7567 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7568
7569 @itemize @bullet
7570 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7571 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7572 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7573 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7574 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7575 @end itemize
7576
7577 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7578
7579 @itemize @bullet
7580 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7581 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7582 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7583 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7584 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7585 @end itemize
7586
7587
7588 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7589 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7590 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7591
7592 TODO.
7593
7594 @end enumerate
7595
7596 @node Tcl Crash Course
7597 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7598 @cindex Tcl
7599
7600 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7601 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7602 how the Tcl scripts work.
7603
7604 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7605 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7606 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7607 OpenOCD.
7608
7609 @section Tcl Rule #1
7610 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7611 @enumerate
7612 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7613 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7614 @end enumerate
7615
7616 The Tcl equal is this:
7617
7618 @enumerate
7619 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7620 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7621 @end enumerate
7622
7623 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7624 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7625
7626 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7627 There is a second pair of rules.
7628 @enumerate
7629 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7630 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7631 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7632 in Tcl.
7633 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7634 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7635 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7636 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7637 @end enumerate
7638
7639 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7640 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7641 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7642 Everything is a string}
7643
7644 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7645 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7646 difference is subtle.
7647 @enumerate
7648 @item Parse Time
7649 @item Evaluation Time
7650 @end enumerate
7651
7652 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7653 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7654 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7655
7656 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7657 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7658 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7659 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7660
7661 @itemize @bullet
7662 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7663 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7664 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7665 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7666 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7667 @example
7668 # bash example
7669 X=`date`
7670 echo "The Date is: $X"
7671 # Tcl example
7672 set X [date]
7673 puts "The Date is: $X"
7674 @end example
7675 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7676 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7677 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7678 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7679 is a string}
7680 @example
7681 set x "Dinner"
7682 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7683 @end example
7684 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7685 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7686 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7687 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7688 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7689 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7690 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7691 @end itemize
7692
7693 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7694
7695 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7696
7697 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7698
7699 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7700 the normal way.
7701
7702 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7703 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7704 line is immedatly executed.
7705
7706 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7707 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7708
7709 @subsection Command Execution
7710
7711 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7712 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7713 control flow operators.
7714
7715 Commands are executed like this:
7716
7717 @enumerate
7718 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7719 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7720 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7721 @end enumerate
7722
7723 It sort of works like this:
7724 @example
7725 for(;;)@{
7726 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7727
7728 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7729
7730 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7731 @}
7732 @end example
7733
7734 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7735 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7736 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7737 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7738 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7739 ``LookupCommand()''
7740
7741 @subsection The FOR command
7742
7743 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7744 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7745 command just like any other command.
7746
7747 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7748 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7749 are:
7750
7751 @enumerate 0
7752 @item The ascii text 'for'
7753 @item The start text
7754 @item The test expression
7755 @item The next text
7756 @item The body text
7757 @end enumerate
7758
7759 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7760 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7761 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7762 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7763
7764 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7765 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7766
7767 @example
7768 int
7769 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7770 int *argc,
7771 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7772 @end example
7773
7774 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7775 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7776 still operates in the same basic way.
7777
7778 @subsection FOR command implementation
7779
7780 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7781 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7782
7783 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7784
7785 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7786
7787 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7788 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7789 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7790
7791 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7792 expression and returns a value.
7793
7794 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7795 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7796 @example
7797 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7798
7799 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7800
7801 int
7802 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7803 int argc,
7804 char **argv )
7805 @{
7806 if( argc != 5 )@{
7807 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7808 return ERROR;
7809 @}
7810
7811 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7812
7813 // Execute the start statement.
7814 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7815
7816 // Top of loop test
7817 for(;;)@{
7818 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7819 if( i == 0 )
7820 break;
7821
7822 // Execute the body
7823 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7824
7825 // Execute the LOOP part
7826 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7827 @}
7828
7829 // Return no error
7830 SetResult( interp, "" );
7831 return SUCCESS;
7832 @}
7833 @end example
7834
7835 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7836 in the same basic way.
7837
7838 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7839
7840 @subsection source and find commands
7841 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7842 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7843 @*Remember the parsing rules
7844 @enumerate
7845 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7846 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7847 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7848 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7849 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7850 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7851 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7852 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7853 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7854 @end enumerate
7855 @subsection format command
7856 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7857 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7858 @b{sprintf()}.
7859 @b{Example}
7860 @example
7861 set x 6
7862 set y 7
7863 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7864 @end example
7865 @enumerate
7866 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7867 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7868 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7869 @* Refer to Rule #1
7870 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7871 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7872 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7873 @end enumerate
7874 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7875 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7876 @example
7877 #1 Good
7878 proc someproc @{@} @{
7879 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7880 @}
7881 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7882 #2 Good - no variables
7883 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7884 #3 Good Curly Braces
7885 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7886 puts "Time: [date]"
7887 @}
7888 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7889 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7890 @end example
7891 @enumerate
7892 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7893 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7894 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7895 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7896 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7897 command.
7898 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7899 @*There are 4 examples:
7900 @enumerate
7901 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7902 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7903 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7904 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7905 @end enumerate
7906
7907 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7908 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7909 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7910
7911 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7912 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7913 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7914 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7915 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7916 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7917 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7918 @end enumerate
7919 @subsection Global Variables
7920 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7921 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7922 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7923 @example
7924 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7925 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7926 global x #Global variable X
7927 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7928 @}
7929 @end example
7930 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7931 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7932 @example
7933 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7934 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7935 # Create var name
7936 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7937 # Make it a global
7938 global $vn
7939 # Set it.
7940 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7941 @}
7942 @end example
7943 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7944 @example
7945 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7946 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7947 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7948 @}
7949 @end example
7950
7951 @include fdl.texi
7952
7953 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7954 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7955 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7956 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7957 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7958 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7959
7960 @printindex cp
7961
7962 @node Command and Driver Index
7963 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7964 @printindex fn
7965
7966 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)